]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Remove enum before machine_mode
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
cbe34bb5 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
0ee70cc0
AV
435/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
436 declaration, using their numerical value. */
437DEFHOOK
438(elf_flags_numeric,
439 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
440code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
441@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
442emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
443numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
759a6472
AV
444@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
445normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
446returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
447is emitted.",
0ee70cc0 448 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
bf072854 449 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
0ee70cc0 450
f16d3f39
JH
451/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
452 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
453 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
454 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
455 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
456 (from static destructors).
457 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
458DEFHOOK
459(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
460 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
461Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
462functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
463at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
464@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
465(from static destructors).\n\
466Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
467 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
468 default_function_section)
469
14d11d40
IS
470/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
471DEFHOOK
472(function_switched_text_sections,
473 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
474 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
475 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
476 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
477 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
478 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
479 default_function_switched_text_sections)
480
38f8b050
JR
481/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
482 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
483 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
484 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
485DEFHOOK
486(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
487 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
488selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
489should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
490local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
491\n\
492The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
493is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
494when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
495in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
496 int, (void),
497 default_reloc_rw_mask)
498
499 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
500 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
501 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
502 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
503DEFHOOK
504(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
505 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
506assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
507some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
508requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
509local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
510@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
511\n\
512The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
513variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
514\n\
515See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
516 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
517 default_select_section)
518
519/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
520 alignment in bits. */
521DEFHOOK
522(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
524should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
525constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
526case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
527in bits.\n\
528\n\
529The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
530constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
531else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 532 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
533 default_select_rtx_section)
534
535/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
536 for SELECT_SECTION. */
537DEFHOOK
538(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
539 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
540and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
541As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
542the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
543\n\
544The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
545ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
546example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
547Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
548 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
549 default_unique_section)
550
551/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
552DEFHOOK
553(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
554 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
555@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
556The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
557the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
558if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
559otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
560 section *, (tree decl),
561 default_function_rodata_section)
562
727a65e6
BS
563/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
564 for mergeable data sections. */
565DEFHOOKPOD
566(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
567 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
568section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
569the string if a different section name should be used.",
570 const char *, ".rodata")
571
50b0b78a
IS
572/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
573DEFHOOK
574(tm_clone_table_section,
575 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
576 tables.",
577 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
578
38f8b050
JR
579/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
580DEFHOOK
581(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
582 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
583the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
584\n\
585Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
586no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
587priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
588otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
589\n\
590If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
591be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
592target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
593is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
594 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
595
596/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
597DEFHOOK
598(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
599 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
600functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
601 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
602
603/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
604 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
605 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
606 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
607 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
608DEFHOOK
609(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
610 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
611function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
612inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
613adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
614the real function.\n\
615\n\
616First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
617contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
618contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
619in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
620e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
621all other incoming arguments.\n\
622\n\
623Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
624made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
625adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
626\n\
627@smallexample\n\
628p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
629@end smallexample\n\
630\n\
631After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
632@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
633not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
634return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
635\n\
636The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
637the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
638of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
639and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
640\n\
641The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
642have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
643some targets, but probably not.\n\
644\n\
645If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
646front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
647@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
648not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
649 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
650 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
651 NULL)
652
653/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
654/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
655 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
656 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
657 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
658 text to the output file. */
659DEFHOOK
660(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
661 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
662to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
663arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
664generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
665previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
666 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
667 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
668 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
669
670/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
671 translation unit. */
672DEFHOOK
673(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
674 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
675find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
676by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
677quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
678@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
679lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
680 void, (void),
681 default_file_start)
682
683/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
684DEFHOOK
685(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
686 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
687to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
688 void, (void),
689 hook_void_void)
690
691/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
692 LTO output stream. */
693DEFHOOK
694(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
695 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
696to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
697nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
698 void, (void),
699 hook_void_void)
700
701/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
702 LTO output stream. */
703DEFHOOK
704(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
705 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
706to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
707nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
708 void, (void),
709 hook_void_void)
710
711/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
712 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
713DEFHOOK
714(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
715 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
716unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
717here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
718because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
719nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
720 void, (void),
721 hook_void_void)
722
723/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
724 external. */
725DEFHOOK
726(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
727 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
728pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
729library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
730 void, (rtx symref),
731 default_external_libcall)
732
733/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
734 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
735DEFHOOK
736(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
737 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
738directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
739.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
740 void, (const char *symbol),
741 hook_void_constcharptr)
742
743/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
744DEFHOOK
745(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
746 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
747switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
748enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
749It can take the following values:\n\
750\n\
751@table @gcctabopt\n\
752@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
753@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
754\n\
755@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
756@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
757direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
758default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
759command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
760various different individual optimization passes.\n\
761\n\
762@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
763@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
764ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
765target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
766time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
767warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
768wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
769necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
770perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
771switches.\n\
772\n\
773@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
774This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
775\n\
776@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
777This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
778@end table\n\
779\n\
780The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
781supported in the future.\n\
782\n\
783By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
784provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
785it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
786section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
787provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
788hook.",
38f8b050
JR
789 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
790 NULL)
791
792/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
793 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
794 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
795 this information. */
796DEFHOOKPOD
797(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
798 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
799ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
800hook.",
38f8b050
JR
801 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
802
803/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
804DEFHOOK
805(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
806 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
807@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
808The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
809of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
810\n\
811If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
812it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
813If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
814is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
815 void, (rtx x),
816 default_asm_output_anchor)
817
a8781821
SB
818DEFHOOK
819(output_ident,
820 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
821 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
822 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
823 directive.",
824 void, (const char *name),
825 hook_void_constcharptr)
826
38f8b050
JR
827/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
828DEFHOOK
829(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
830 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
831reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
832 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
833 NULL)
834
835/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
836DEFHOOK
837(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
838 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
839output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
840if necessary.\n\
841\n\
842Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
843extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
844elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
845The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
846template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
847by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 848 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
849 NULL)
850
851/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
852DEFHOOK
853(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
854 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
855on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
856the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
857label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
858\n\
859If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
860for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
861code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
862to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
863 void, (FILE *f),
864 NULL)
865
b5f5d41d
AS
866DEFHOOK
867(output_source_filename,
868 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
869 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
870 stream @var{file}.\n\
871 \n\
872 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
873 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
874 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
875 default_asm_output_source_filename)
876
6cbd8875
AS
877DEFHOOK
878(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
879 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
880can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
881the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
882@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
883\n\
884If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
885so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
886itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
887return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 888 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 889 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 890
38f8b050
JR
891/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
892 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
893 initializers. */
894#undef HOOK_PREFIX
895#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
896
897/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
898/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
899 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
900DEFHOOK_UNDOC
901(print_operand,
902 "",
903 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
904 default_print_operand)
905
906/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
907/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
908 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
909DEFHOOK_UNDOC
910(print_operand_address,
911 "",
cc8ca59e 912 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
913 default_print_operand_address)
914
915/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
916 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
917/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
918 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
919DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
921 "",
922 bool ,(unsigned char code),
923 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
924
77754180
DK
925/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
927DEFHOOK
928(mangle_assembler_name,
929 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
930 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
931 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
932 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
933 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
934 tree, (const char *name),
935 default_mangle_assembler_name)
936
38f8b050
JR
937HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
938
939/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
940 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
941#undef HOOK_PREFIX
942#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
943HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
944
945/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
946 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
947 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
948DEFHOOK
949(adjust_cost,
673c2f63 950 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
b505225b
TS
951relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
952dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
953value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
954used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
955description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
956as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
673c2f63
JM
957description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
958output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
959times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
960acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
961@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
b505225b
TS
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
963 unsigned int dw),
964 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
965
966/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
967DEFHOOK
968(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
969 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
970@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
971execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
972later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
973scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
975
976/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
977 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
978 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
979DEFHOOK
980(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
981 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
982issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
983Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
984an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
985constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
986hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
987This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
988it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
989@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
990 int, (void), NULL)
991
992/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
993 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
994DEFHOOK
995(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
996 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
997from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
998still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
999@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1000@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1001You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1002than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1003@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1004debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1005@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1006was scheduled.",
ac44248e 1007 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1008
1009/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010DEFHOOK
1011(init,
673c2f63
JM
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1013instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1014pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1015is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1017region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1018scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1019 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1020
1021/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1022DEFHOOK
1023(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1025instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1026cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1027is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1028to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1029@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1031
1032 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1036@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1037@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1038@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1039 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1040
1041/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1042DEFHOOK
1043(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1044 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1045@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1046@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1047 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1048
1049/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1050 places. Default does nothing. */
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1054list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1055combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1056@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1057debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1058@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1059list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1060a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1061reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1062@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1063is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1064the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1065can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1066@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1068
1069DEFHOOK
1070(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1071 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1072function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1073is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1074@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1075return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1076this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1077scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1078cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1080
0dc41f28
WM
1081DEFHOOK
1082(macro_fusion_p,
1083 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1084 bool, (void), NULL)
1085
1086DEFHOOK
1087(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1088 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1089a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1090(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1091group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1092two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1093validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1094 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1095
38f8b050
JR
1096/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1097 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1098 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1099DEFHOOK
1100(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1101 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1102chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1103correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1104example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1105analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1106dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1107calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1108 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1109
1110/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1111 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1112 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1113 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1114 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1115 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1116 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1117 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1118 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1119
1120DEFHOOK
1121(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1122 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1123 void, (void), NULL)
1124
1125DEFHOOK
1126(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1127 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1128pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1129when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1130simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1131processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1132based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1133when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1134 rtx, (void), NULL)
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1139used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1140 void, (void), NULL)
1141
1142DEFHOOK
1143(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1144 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1145to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1146simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1147 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1148
1149/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1150 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1151 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1152 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1153
1154DEFHOOK
1155(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1156 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1157The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1158to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1159state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1160 void, (void), NULL)
1161
1162DEFHOOK
1163(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1164 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1165The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1166to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1167state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1168 void, (void), NULL)
1169
1170/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1171 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1172 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1173 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1174 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1175 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1176 insns on the same cycle. */
1177DEFHOOK
1178(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1179 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1180for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1181chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1182value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1183@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1184subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1185maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1186@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1187packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1188rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1189\n\
1190This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1191processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1192with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1193@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1194@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1195processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1196@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1197until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1198the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1199\n\
1200Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1201pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1202schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1203\n\
1204The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1205 int, (void), NULL)
1206
1207/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1208 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1209 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1210 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1211DEFHOOK
1212(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1213 "\n\
1214This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1215considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1216zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1217Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1218the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1219Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1220number of cycles.\n\
1221Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1222instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1223to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1224\n\
1225The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1226 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1227
894fd6f2
MK
1228/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1229 scheduling.
1230 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1231 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1232 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1233 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1234 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1235 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1236 scheduling on current cycle. */
1237DEFHOOK
1238(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1239 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1240scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1241 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1242 NULL)
1243
1244/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1245 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1246 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1251 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1252 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1253 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1254DEFHOOK
1255(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1256 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1257 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1258 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1259
1260/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1261 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1262 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1263 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1264 described in DFA.
1265 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1266 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1267 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1268 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1269DEFHOOK
1270(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1271 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1272an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1273 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1274
1275/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1276 round of multipass scheduling.
1277 DATA is a pointer.
1278 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1279 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1280 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1281 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1282 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1283DEFHOOK
1284(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1285 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1286round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1287 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1288
1289/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1290 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1291 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1292 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1293 described in DFA. */
1294DEFHOOK
1295(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1296 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1297 void, (void *data), NULL)
1298
1299/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304DEFHOOK
1305(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1306 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
38f8b050
JR
1309/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1310 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1311 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1312 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1314 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1315 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1316 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1317 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1318 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1319 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1320DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1321(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1322 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1323on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1324@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1325the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1326is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1327start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1328verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1329@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1330processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1331and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1332 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1333 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1334 NULL)
1335
1336/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1337 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1338 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1339 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1340 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1341 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1342 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1343 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1344 second insn (second parameter). */
1345DEFHOOK
1346(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1347 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1348the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1349are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1350to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1351being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1352dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1353parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1354The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1355insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1356and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1357\n\
1358Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1359where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1360delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1361that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1362important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1363closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1364not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1365 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1366
38f8b050
JR
1367/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1368 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1369 that new instructions were emitted. */
1370DEFHOOK
1371(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1372 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1373the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1374per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1375 void, (void), NULL)
1376
1377/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1378
1379/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1380DEFHOOK
1381(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1382 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1383 void *, (void), NULL)
1384
1385/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1386DEFHOOK
1387(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1388 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1389It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1390beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1391 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1392
1393/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1394DEFHOOK
1395(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1396 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1398
1399/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1400DEFHOOK
1401(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1402 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1403 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1404
1405/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1406DEFHOOK
1407(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1408 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1409 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410
1411/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler.
1413 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1414 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1415 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1416 It should return
1417 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1418 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1419 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1420 generated one. */
1421DEFHOOK
1422(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1423 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1424speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1425The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1426version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1427pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1428or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1429speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1430the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1431 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1432
1433/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1434 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1435 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1436DEFHOOK
1437(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1438 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1439for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1440instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1441 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1442
1443/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1445 instruction.
1446 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1447 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1448 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1449 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1450DEFHOOK
1451(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1452 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1453check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1454speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1455@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1456be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1457recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1458a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1459@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1460 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1461
38f8b050
JR
1462/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1463 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1464 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1465DEFHOOK
1466(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1467 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1468enabled/used.\n\
1469The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1470The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1471 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1472
1473DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1474(get_insn_spec_ds,
1475 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1476 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1477
1478DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1479(get_insn_checked_ds,
1480 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1481 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050 1482
176274c9
SB
1483DEFHOOK
1484(can_speculate_insn,
1485 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1486 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1487 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1488 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1489 should not be speculated.",
1490 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1491
38f8b050
JR
1492DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1493(skip_rtx_p,
1494 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1495 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1496 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1497
1498/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1499 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1500 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1501 to ddg variable. */
1502DEFHOOK
1503(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1504 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1505resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1506the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1507backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1508bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1509of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1510 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1511
7942e47e
RY
1512/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1513 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1514 parameters. */
1515DEFHOOK
1516(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1517"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1518in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1519void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1520hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1521
1522/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1523 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1524 as the second parameter is true. */
1525DEFHOOK
1526(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1527"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1528is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1529bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1531
b0bd15f7
BS
1532DEFHOOKPOD
1533(exposed_pipeline,
1534"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1535the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1536also the latencies of operations.",
1537bool, false)
1538
df7b0cc4
EI
1539/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1540 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1541 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1542DEFHOOK
1543(reassociation_width,
1544"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1545parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1546int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1547hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1548
b16abbcb
BC
1549/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1550 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1551DEFHOOK
1552(fusion_priority,
1553"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1554priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1555are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1556\n\
1557@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1558@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1559@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1560fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1561@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1562should be calculated and returned.\n\
1563\n\
1564Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1565be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1566instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1567sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1568scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1569should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1570false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1571scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1572instructions.\n\
1573\n\
1574Given below example:\n\
1575\n\
51be4977 1576@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1577 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1578 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1579 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1580 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1581 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1582 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1583 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1584 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1585@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1586\n\
1587On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1588merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1589loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1590this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1591instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1592\n\
51be4977
BC
1593@smallexample\n\
1594 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1596 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1597 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1598 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1599 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1601 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1602@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1603\n\
1604Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1605to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1606pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1607\n\
51be4977 1608@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1610 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1611 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1613 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1614 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1615 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1616 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1617@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1618\n\
1619Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1620\n\
1621Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1622work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1623\n\
1624This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1625the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1626void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1627
38f8b050
JR
1628HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1629
0136f8f0
AH
1630/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1631#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1632#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1633HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1634
1635DEFHOOK
1636(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1637"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1638fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1639@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1640The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1641or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1642int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1643
1644DEFHOOK
1645(adjust,
1646"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1647to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1648void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1649
1650DEFHOOK
1651(usable,
1652"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1653in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1654usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1655to use it.",
1656int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1657
1658HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1659
5012919d
AM
1660/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1661#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1663HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1664
1665DEFHOOK
1666(vf,
1667"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1668int, (void), NULL)
1669
1670HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1671
94829f87
NS
1672/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1673#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1674#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1675HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1676
1677DEFHOOK
1678(validate_dims,
1679"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1680compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
b6adbb9f 1681and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
94829f87 1682function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
b6adbb9f
NS
1683outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1684should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1685are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1686Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
94829f87
NS
1687true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1688provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1689bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1690default_goacc_validate_dims)
1691
bd751975
NS
1692DEFHOOK
1693(dim_limit,
1694"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1695or zero if unbounded.",
1696int, (int axis),
1697default_goacc_dim_limit)
1698
6e91acf8
NS
1699DEFHOOK
1700(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1701"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1702function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1703should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1704It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1705return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1706gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1707The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1708bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1709default_goacc_fork_join)
1710
e5014671
NS
1711DEFHOOK
1712(reduction,
1713"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1714@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1715instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1716the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1717expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1718for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1719void, (gcall *call),
1720default_goacc_reduction)
1721
94829f87
NS
1722HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1723
38f8b050
JR
1724/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1725#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1726#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1727HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1728
1729/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1730 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1731 function. */
1732DEFHOOK
1733(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1734 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1735address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1736used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1737@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1738\n\
1739The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1740@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1741the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1742@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1743two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1744@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1745the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1746from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1747@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1748@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1749@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1750\n\
1751If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1752to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1753use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1754@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1755should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1756described above.\n\
1757If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1758the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1759log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1760 tree, (void), NULL)
1761
10766209
RS
1762/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1763 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1764DEFHOOK
1765(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1766 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1767vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1768@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1769The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1770@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1771 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1772 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1773
1774/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1775 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1776DEFHOOK
1777(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1778 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1779vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1780return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1782 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1783 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1784
1785/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1786 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787DEFHOOK
1788(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1789 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1790input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1791The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1792specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1793(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1794\n\
1795If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1796@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1797conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1798 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1799 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1800
720f5239
IR
1801/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1802 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1803 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1804DEFHOOK
1805(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1806 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1807For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1808misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1809 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1810 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1811
1812/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
c2873892 1813 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
38f8b050
JR
1814DEFHOOK
1815(vector_alignment_reachable,
c2873892 1816 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
38f8b050
JR
1817 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1818 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1819
22e4dee7
RH
1820/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1821 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1822DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1823(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1824 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1825 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1826 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1827
1828/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1829 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1830 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1831DEFHOOK
1832(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1833 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1834store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1835parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1836the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1837parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1838 bool,
ef4bddc2 1839 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1840 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1841
cc4b5170
RG
1842/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1843 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1844DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1845(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1846 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1847mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1848equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1849transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1850 machine_mode,
1851 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1852 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1853
767f865f
RG
1854/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1855 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1856DEFHOOK
1857(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1858 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1859after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1860mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1861The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1862 unsigned int,
1863 (void),
1864 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1865
9f47c7e5
IE
1866/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1867DEFHOOK
1868(get_mask_mode,
1869 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1870of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1871vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1872 machine_mode,
1873 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1874 default_get_mask_mode)
1875
aec7ae7d
JJ
1876/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1877DEFHOOK
1878(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1879 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1880is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1881the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1882The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1883loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1884 tree,
1885 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1886 NULL)
1887
3bab6342
AT
1888/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1889DEFHOOK
1890(builtin_scatter,
1891"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1892is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1893the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1894The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1895stores.",
1896 tree,
1897 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1898 NULL)
1899
c3e7ee41
BS
1900/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1901DEFHOOK
1902(init_cost,
1903 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1904 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1905 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1906 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1907 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1908 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1909 void *,
1910 (struct loop *loop_info),
1911 default_init_cost)
1912
1913/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1914 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1915 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1916DEFHOOK
1917(add_stmt_cost,
1918 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1919 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1920 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1921 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1922 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1923 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1924 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1925 unsigned,
1926 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1927 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1928 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1929 default_add_stmt_cost)
1930
1931/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1932 loop or block. */
1933DEFHOOK
1934(finish_cost,
1935 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1936 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1937 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1938 "the three accumulators.",
1939 void,
1940 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1941 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1942 default_finish_cost)
1943
1944/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1945DEFHOOK
1946(destroy_cost_data,
1947 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1948 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1949 "accumulator.",
1950 void,
1951 (void *data),
1952 default_destroy_cost_data)
1953
38f8b050
JR
1954HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1955
1956#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1957#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1958
ec6fe917
IV
1959DEFHOOK
1960(record_offload_symbol,
1961 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1962sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1963recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1964 void, (tree),
1965 hook_void_tree)
1966
6d2b7199
BS
1967DEFHOOKPOD
1968(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1969 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1970that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1971@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1972 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1973
38f8b050
JR
1974/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1975 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1976 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1977DEFHOOK
1978(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1979 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1980but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1981pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1982attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1983when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1984actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1985@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1986 void, (void),
1987 hook_void_void)
1988
c713ddc0
BS
1989DEFHOOK
1990(offload_options,
1991 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1992translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1993into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1994to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1995separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1996char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1997
38f8b050
JR
1998DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1999(eh_return_filter_mode,
2000 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 2001 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2002 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2003
2004/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2005DEFHOOK
2006(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2007 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2008of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2009@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2010targets.",
ef4bddc2 2011 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2012 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2013
2014/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2015DEFHOOK
2016(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2017 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2018of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2019@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2020targets.",
ef4bddc2 2021 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2022 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2023
2024/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2025DEFHOOK
2026(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2027 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2028The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 2029 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2030 default_unwind_word_mode)
2031
2032/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2033DEFHOOK
2034(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2035 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2036handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2037@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2038@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2039when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2040attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2041call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2042\n\
2043@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2044If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2045for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2046@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2047will then define a function called\n\
2048@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2049the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2050add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2051to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2052@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2053@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2054 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2055 merge_decl_attributes)
2056
2057/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2058DEFHOOK
2059(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2060 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2061handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2062@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2063that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2064function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2065merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2066 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2067 merge_type_attributes)
2068
2069/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2070 Ignored if NULL. */
2071DEFHOOKPOD
2072(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2073 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2074attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2075specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2076entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2077take.",
38f8b050
JR
2078 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2079
2080/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2081 argument. */
2082DEFHOOK
2083(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2084 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2085machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2086given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2087subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2088false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2089 bool, (const_tree name),
2090 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2091
2092/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2093 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2094 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2095DEFHOOK
2096(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2097 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2098@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2099and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2100generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2101supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2102 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2103 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2104
2105/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2106DEFHOOK
2107(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2108 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2109the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2110 void, (tree type),
2111 hook_void_tree)
2112
2113/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2114DEFHOOK
2115(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2116 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2117when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2118wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2119the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2120created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2121for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2122shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2123the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2124attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2125needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2126 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2127 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2128
2129/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2130 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2131DEFHOOK
2132(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2133 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2134This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2135into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2136attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2137target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2138 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2139 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2140
2141/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2142 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2143DEFHOOK
2144(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2145 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2146@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2147Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2148unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2149different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2150alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2151bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2152the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2153(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2154another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2155other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2156\n\
2157When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2158of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2159bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2160and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2161chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2162size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2163alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2164\n\
2165If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2166the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2167used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2168precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2169may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2170 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2171 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2172
2e681adf
JR
2173/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2174 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2175 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2176DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2177(words_big_endian,
2178 "",
2179 bool, (void),
2180 targhook_words_big_endian)
2181
2182/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2183DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2184(float_words_big_endian,
2185 "",
2186 bool, (void),
2187 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2188
9193fb05
JM
2189DEFHOOK
2190(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2191 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2192 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2193 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2194 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2195 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2196 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2197 does not.",
2198 bool, (void),
2199 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2200
38f8b050
JR
2201/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2202DEFHOOK
2203(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2204 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2205 bool, (void),
2206 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2207
2208/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2209DEFHOOK
2210(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2211 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2212 bool, (void),
2213 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2214
2215/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2216DEFHOOK
2217(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2218 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2219whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2220structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2221the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2222 bool, (void),
2223 hook_bool_void_false)
2224
2225/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2226 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2227DEFHOOK
2228(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2229 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2230should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2231these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2232\n\
7d0b9a9c 2233The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2234 bool, (void),
2235 hook_bool_void_false)
2236
2237/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2238DEFHOOK
2239(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2240 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2241that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2242necessary setup.\n\
2243\n\
2244Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2245instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2246they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2247instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2248\n\
2249To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2250@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2251which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2252up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2253only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2254@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2255 void, (void),
2256 hook_void_void)
2257
2258/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2259 built-in function decl for CODE.
2260 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2261 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2262DEFHOOK
2263(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2264 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2265that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2266builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2267If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2268if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2269If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2270@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2271 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2272
2273/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2274DEFHOOK
2275(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2276 "\n\
2277Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2278@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2279function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2280convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2281@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2282@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2283ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2284built-in function.",
38f8b050 2285 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2286 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2287 default_expand_builtin)
2288
d5e254e1
IE
2289DEFHOOK
2290(builtin_chkp_function,
2291 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2292Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2293fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2294passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2295obtained using this hook:\n\
2296@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2297Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2298by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2299bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2300@end deftypefn\n\
2301\n\
2302@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2303Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2304by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2305when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2306@end deftypefn\n\
2307\n\
2308@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2309Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2310by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2311address @var{loc}.\n\
2312@end deftypefn\n\
2313\n\
2314@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2315Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2316by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2317lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2318@end deftypefn\n\
2319\n\
2320@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2321Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2322by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2323upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2324@end deftypefn\n\
2325\n\
2326@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2327Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2328by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2329@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2330@end deftypefn\n\
2331\n\
2332@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2333Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2334returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2335@end deftypefn\n\
2336\n\
2337@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2338Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2339returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2340[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2341@end deftypefn\n\
2342\n\
2343@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2344Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2345returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2346@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2347Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2348(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2349@end deftypefn\n\
2350\n\
2351@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2352Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2353returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2354@end deftypefn\n\
2355\n\
2356@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2357Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2358returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2359@end deftypefn",
2360 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2361 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2362
2363DEFHOOK
2364(chkp_bound_type,
2365 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2366 tree, (void),
2367 default_chkp_bound_type)
2368
2369DEFHOOK
2370(chkp_bound_mode,
2371 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
b8506a8a 2372 machine_mode, (void),
d5e254e1
IE
2373 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2374
2375DEFHOOK
2376(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2377 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2378with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2379 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2380 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2381
2382DEFHOOK
2383(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2384 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2385bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2386the number of generated statements.",
2387 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2388 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2389
38f8b050
JR
2390/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2391 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2392 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2393 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2394 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2395DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2396(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2397 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2398was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2399@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2400implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2401declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2402arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2403complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2404another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2405@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2406 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2407
ea679d55
JG
2408/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2409 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2410DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2411(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2412 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2413@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2414built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2415the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2416The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2417containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2418@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2419 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2420 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2421
ea679d55
JG
2422/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2423DEFHOOK
2424(gimple_fold_builtin,
2425 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2426by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2427statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2428was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2429 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2430 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2431
3649b9b7
ST
2432/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2433 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2434 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2435 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2436 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2437 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2438 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2439 and 0 if they are the same. */
2440DEFHOOK
2441(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2442 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2443determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2444during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2445versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2446is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2447 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2448 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2449
2450/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2451 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2452 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2453 must be generated. */
2454DEFHOOK
2455(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2456 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2457function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2458@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2459body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2460 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2461
2462/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2463 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2464 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2465 identical versions. */
2466DEFHOOK
2467(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2468 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2469versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2470version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2471identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2472 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2473
38f8b050 2474/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2475 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2476DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2477(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2478 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2479reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2480@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2481 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2482 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2483
2484/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2485 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2486 NULL. */
2487DEFHOOK
2488(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2489 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2490uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2491to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2492mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2493the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2494not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2495for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2496return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2497string constant.\n\
2498\n\
2499Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2500qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2501fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2502is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2503length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2504ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2505@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2506@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2507code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2508@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2509codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2510spaces in your string.\n\
2511\n\
2512This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2513name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2514can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2515before mangling.\n\
2516\n\
2517The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2518appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2519types.",
38f8b050
JR
2520 const char *, (const_tree type),
2521 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2522
2523/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2524DEFHOOK
2525(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2526 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2527existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2528@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2529@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2530library routines.\n\
2531\n\
2532The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2533 void, (void),
2534 hook_void_void)
2535
cdbf4541
BS
2536 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2537DEFHOOKPOD
2538(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2539 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2540underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2541instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2542currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2543is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2544@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2545 bool, false)
2546
38f8b050
JR
2547/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2548 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2549/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2550DEFHOOK
2551(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2552 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2553based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2554declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2555null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2556\n\
2557The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2558read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2559need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2560set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2561 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2562 default_section_type_flags)
2563
d33d9e47
AI
2564DEFHOOK
2565(libc_has_function,
2566 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2567@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2568 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2569 default_libc_has_function)
2570
38f8b050
JR
2571/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2572 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2573DEFHOOK
2574(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2575 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2576instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2577every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2578reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2579\n\
2580@smallexample\n\
2581static bool\n\
2582cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2583@{\n\
2584 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2585@}\n\
2586@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2587 bool, (void),
2588 hook_bool_void_false)
2589
4b4de898
JR
2590/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2591DEFHOOK
2592(can_follow_jump,
2593 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2594 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2595 false, if it can't.\
2596 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2597 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2598 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2599 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2600
38f8b050
JR
2601/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2602 optimizations should be applied. */
2603DEFHOOK
2604(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2605 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2606optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2607usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2608re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2609to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2610 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2611 default_branch_target_register_class)
2612
2613/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2614 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2615 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2616 already been generated. */
2617DEFHOOK
2618(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2619 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2620registers\n\
2621that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2622returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2623that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2624@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2625saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2626epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2627true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2628to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2629to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2630 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2631 hook_bool_bool_false)
2632
2633/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2634DEFHOOK
2635(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2636 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2637This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2638modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2639 bool, (void),
2640 default_have_conditional_execution)
2641
2e0f1341
ZC
2642DEFHOOK
2643(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2644 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2645 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2646 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2647 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2648 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2649 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2650 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
cb4347e8 2651 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2652 NULL)
2653
2654DEFHOOK
2655(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2656 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2657 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2658 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2659 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2660 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2661 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2662 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2663 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2664 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2665 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2666 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2667 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
cb4347e8 2668 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2669 NULL)
2670
38f8b050
JR
2671/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2672DEFHOOK
2673(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2674 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2675should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2676the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2677the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2678is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2679number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2680 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2681 NULL)
2682
1a627b35
RS
2683/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2684DEFHOOK
2685(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2686 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2687@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2688@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2689\n\
2690The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2691 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2692 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2693
38f8b050
JR
2694/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2695DEFHOOK
2696(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2697 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2698should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2699of @var{x}.\n\
2700\n\
2701The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2702\n\
2703The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2704deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2705from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2706holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2707of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2708 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2709 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2710
2711DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2712(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2713 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2714 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2715
2716/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2717DEFHOOK
2718(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2719 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2720Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2721PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2722of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2723 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2724 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2725
2726/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2727 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2728DEFHOOK
2729(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2730 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2731space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2732different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2733reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2734but not others.\n\
2735\n\
2736Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2737effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2738of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2739addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2740\n\
2741You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2742\n\
2743The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2744 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2745 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2746
2747/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2748 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2749DEFHOOK
2750(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2751 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2752operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2753address.\n\
2754\n\
2755@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2756@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2757and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2758@var{x}.\n\
2759\n\
2760The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2761@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2762should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2763\n\
2764It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2765with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2766The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2767the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2768is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2769a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2770strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2771 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2772 default_legitimize_address)
2773
2774/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2775DEFHOOK
2776(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2777 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2778@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2779macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2780references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2781addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2782the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2783into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2784 rtx, (rtx x),
2785 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2786
93bcc8c9
JJ
2787/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2788 section. */
2789DEFHOOK
2790(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2791 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2792debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2793 bool, (rtx x),
2794 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2795
38f8b050
JR
2796/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2797DEFHOOK
2798(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2799 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2800address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2801\n\
2802Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2803non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2804desired by the caller.\n\
2805\n\
2806The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2807that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2808considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2809kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2810must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2811up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2812register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2813if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2814\n\
2815The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2816accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2817register is required.\n\
2818\n\
2819Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2820and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2821constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2822specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2823recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2824\n\
2825Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2826sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2827@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2828naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2829be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2830\n\
2831@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2832On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2833the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2834target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2835into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2836@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2837@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2838Format}.\n\
2839\n\
2840@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2841Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2842this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2843has this syntax:\n\
2844\n\
2845@example\n\
2846#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2847@end example\n\
2848\n\
2849@noindent\n\
2850and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2851address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2852\n\
2853@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2854Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2855macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2856@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2857that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2858\n\
2859Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2860files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2861 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2862 default_legitimate_address_p)
2863
2864/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2865DEFHOOK
2866(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2867 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2868be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2869of @var{x}.\n\
2870\n\
2871The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2872 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2873 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2874
361a58da
DE
2875/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2876DEFHOOK
2877(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2878 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2879be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2880\n\
2881The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2882 bool, (const_tree decl),
2883 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2884
38f8b050
JR
2885/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2886DEFHOOKPOD
2887(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2888 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2889On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2890applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2891for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2892 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2893
2894DEFHOOKPOD
2895(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2896 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2897offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2898value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2899 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2900
2901/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2902DEFHOOK
2903(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2904 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2905@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2906@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2907\n\
2908The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2909intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2910or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2911 bool, (const_rtx x),
2912 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2913
2f251a05
AI
2914/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2915DEFHOOK
2916(has_ifunc_p,
2917 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2918The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2919The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2920 bool, (void),
2921 default_has_ifunc_p)
2922
38f8b050
JR
2923/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2924 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2925 this is an indirect call. */
2926DEFHOOK
2927(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2928 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2929call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2930or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2931\n\
2932It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2933tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2934during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2935as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2936``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2937may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2938 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2939 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2940
2941/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2942 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2943 level, outside of any function scope. */
2944DEFHOOK
2945(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2946 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2947context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2948the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2949per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2950attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2951The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2952and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2953and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2954The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2955\n\
2956GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2957some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2958situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2959or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2960@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2961outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2962 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2963
2964/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2965DEFHOOK
2966(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2967 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2968The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2969 bool, (const_tree exp),
2970 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2971
2972/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2973 to the current executable or shared library. */
2974DEFHOOK
2975(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2976 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2977rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2978or executable image).\n\
2979\n\
2980The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2981for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2982currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2983 bool, (const_tree exp),
2984 default_binds_local_p)
2985
3c5273a9
KT
2986/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2987DEFHOOK
2988(profile_before_prologue,
2989 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2990The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2991@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2992 bool, (void),
2993 default_profile_before_prologue)
2994
d56a43a0
AK
2995/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2996 enabled. */
2997DEFHOOK
2998(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2999 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3000 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3001 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3002 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3003 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3004 bool, (void),
3005 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3006
38f8b050
JR
3007/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3008 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3009 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3010 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3011DEFHOOK
3012(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
3013 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3014by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3015the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3016or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3017hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3018your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3019returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
3020 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3021 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3022
3023/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3024 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3025DEFHOOK
3026(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
3027 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3028treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3029function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3030\n\
3031The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3032@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3033an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3034rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3035in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3036\n\
3037In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3038a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3039will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3040register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3041rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3042leave it alone.)\n\
3043\n\
3044The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3045that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3046be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3047declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3048declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3049@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3050\n\
3051@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3052The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3053@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3054Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3055encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3056discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3057\n\
3058The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3059in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3060@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3061before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3062 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3063 default_encode_section_info)
3064
3065/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3066DEFHOOK
3067(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3068 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3069the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3070may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3071 const char *, (const char *name),
3072 default_strip_name_encoding)
3073
3074/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3075 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3076DEFHOOK
3077(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3078 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3079deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3080@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3081\n\
3082On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3083shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3084equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3085this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3086otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3087particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3088\n\
3089Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3090@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3091that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3092\n\
3093The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3094@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3095and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3096@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3097nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3098by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3099 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3100 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3101
3102/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3103 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3104 the reciprocal. */
3105DEFHOOK
3106(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3107 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3108divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3109the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3110that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3111of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3112has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3113 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3114 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3115
3116/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3117 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3118 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3119/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3120 necessarily defined at this point. */
3121DEFHOOK
3122(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3123 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3124are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3125@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3126sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3127otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3128representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3129@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3130@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3131@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3132widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3133\n\
3134Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3135value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3136as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3137@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3138\n\
3139Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3140describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3141@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3142to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3143extension.\n\
3144\n\
3145In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3146@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3147@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3148 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3149 default_mode_rep_extended)
3150
3151/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3152DEFHOOK
3153(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3154 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3155with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3156hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3157 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3158 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3159
7352c013
RG
3160/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3161DEFHOOK
3162(ref_may_alias_errno,
3163 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3164 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3165 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3166 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3167 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3168 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3169 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3170
38f8b050
JR
3171/* Support for named address spaces. */
3172#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3173#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3174HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3175
3176/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3177DEFHOOK
3178(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3179 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3180@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3181The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3182 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3183 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3184
3185/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3186DEFHOOK
3187(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3188 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3189@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3190The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3191 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3192 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3193
3194/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3195 in another address space. */
3196DEFHOOK
3197(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3198 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3199with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3200hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3201except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3202version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3203@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3204target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3205 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3206 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3207
3208/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3209 space for a given mode. */
3210DEFHOOK
3211(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3212 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3213@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3214parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3215finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3216@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3217explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3218 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3219 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3220
3221/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3222 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3223 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3224DEFHOOK
3225(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3226 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3227with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3228hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3229except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3230 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3231 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3232
3233/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3234DEFHOOK
3235(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3236 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3237contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3238a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3239will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3240arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3241converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3242 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3243 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3244
6626f970
RH
3245/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3246 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3247DEFHOOK
3248(zero_address_valid,
3249 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3250address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3251 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3252 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3253
38f8b050
JR
3254/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3255DEFHOOK
3256(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3257 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3258@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3259space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3260to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3261guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3262as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3263 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3264 default_addr_space_convert)
3265
f736b911
RH
3266/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3267DEFHOOK
3268(debug,
3269 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3270The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3271 int, (addr_space_t as),
3272 default_addr_space_debug)
3273
ffc22840
GJL
3274/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3275DEFHOOK
3276(diagnose_usage,
3277 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3278command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3279address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3280to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3281was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3282the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3283@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3284The default implementation does nothing.",
3285 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3286 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3287
38f8b050
JR
3288HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3289
3290#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3291#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3292
3293/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3294 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3295 the arithmetic is supported. */
3296DEFHOOK
3297(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3298 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3299insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3300considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3301must work.\n\
3302\n\
3303The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3304required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3305Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3306code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3307 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3308 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3309
3310/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3311 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3312 for further details. */
3313DEFHOOK
3314(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3315 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3316insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3317must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3318 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3319 hook_bool_mode_false)
3320
5aea1e76
UW
3321DEFHOOK
3322(vector_alignment,
3323 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3324@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3325require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3326this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3327the vector element type.",
3328 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3329 default_vector_alignment)
3330
0f6d54f7
RS
3331/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3332 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3333DEFHOOK
3334(array_mode_supported_p,
3335 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3336of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3337Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3338and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3339\n\
3340One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3341that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3342has operations like:\n\
3343\n\
3344@smallexample\n\
3345int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3346@end smallexample\n\
3347\n\
3348where the return type is defined as:\n\
3349\n\
3350@smallexample\n\
3351typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3352@{\n\
3353 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3354@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3355@end smallexample\n\
3356\n\
3357If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3358@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3359@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3360 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3361 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3362
8cc4b7a2
JM
3363DEFHOOK
3364(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3365 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3366floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3367@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3368hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3369@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3370 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3371 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3372
c65699ef
JM
3373DEFHOOK
3374(floatn_mode,
3375 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3376@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3377@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type \n\
3378is not supported, return @code{VOIDmode}. The default version of this \n\
3379hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for \n\
3380@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3381@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3382those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3383@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3384returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3385satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3386@code{VOIDmode}. The hook is only called for values of @var{n} and \n\
3387@var{extended} that are valid according to ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that \n\
3388is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or, if @var{extended} is false, 16 or \n\
3389greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3390 machine_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3391 default_floatn_mode)
3392
38f8b050
JR
3393/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3394 TO, using MODE. */
3395DEFHOOK
3396(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3397 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3398from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3399are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3400A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3401that.\n\
3402\n\
3403It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3404same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3405registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3406\n\
3407If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3408hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3409classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3410constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3411allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3412if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3413\n\
3414The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3415 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3416 default_register_move_cost)
3417
3418/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3419/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3420 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3421DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3422(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3423 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3424between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3425if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3426This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3427If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3428registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3429\n\
3430If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3431the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3432needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3433between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3434more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3435reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3436\n\
3437GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3438secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3439a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3440secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
34414 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3442value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3443are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3444 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3445 default_memory_move_cost)
3446
7cbed008
JG
3447DEFHOOK
3448(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3449 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3450two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3451when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3452implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3453insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3454@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3455unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3456\n\
3457This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3458given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3459infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3460Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3461units.\n\
3462\n\
3463The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
36b85e43
BS
3464@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3465@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3466under consideration.\n\
7cbed008
JG
3467\n\
3468The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3469optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3470\n\
3471Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3472for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3473@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3474@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3475insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3476the body of the memory operation.\n\
3477\n\
3478Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3479in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3480move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3481 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3482 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3483 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3484
36b85e43
BS
3485DEFHOOK
3486(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3487 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3488number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3489allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3490factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3491one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3492particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3493negative number from this hook.",
3494 int, (machine_mode mode),
3495 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3496
d95ab70a
RS
3497DEFHOOK
3498(optab_supported_p,
3499 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3500modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3501The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3502whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3503optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3504\n\
3505For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3506@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3507optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3508\n\
3509The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3510 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3511 optimization_type opt_type),
3512 default_optab_supported_p)
3513
38f8b050
JR
3514/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3515 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3516 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3517 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3518DEFHOOK
3519(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3520 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3521small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3522@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3523in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3524In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3525for any mode.\n\
3526\n\
3527On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3528insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3529to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3530if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3531insn.\n\
3532\n\
3533Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3534in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3535the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3536classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3537registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3538registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3539SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3540strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3541machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3542\n\
3543The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3544safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3545unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3546that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3547to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3548of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3549 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3550 hook_bool_mode_false)
3551
e692f276
RH
3552/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3553 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3554DEFHOOKPOD
3555(flags_regnum,
3556 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3557 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3558 appropriately.",
3559 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3560
38f8b050
JR
3561/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3562 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3563 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3564/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3565 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3566DEFHOOK
3567(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3568 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3569\n\
3570The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3571available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3572as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3573That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3574that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3575either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3576(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3577\n\
e548c9df
AM
3578@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3579do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3580\n\
3581In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3582@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3583instructions.\n\
3584\n\
3585On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3586for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3587necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3588for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3589operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3590\n\
3591When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3592false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3593size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3594\n\
3595The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3596processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3597 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3598 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3599
3600/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3601 invalid addresses. */
3602DEFHOOK
3603(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3604 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3605@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3606the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3607\n\
3608For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3609true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3610instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3611all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3612\n\
3613In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3614the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3615cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3616\n\
3617For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3618and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3619is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3620references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3621the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3622that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3623instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3624specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3625\n\
3626This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3627\n\
3628On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3629cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3630@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3631be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3632@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3633should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3634should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3635registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3636 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3637 default_address_cost)
3638
e914c11a
JG
3639/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3640 well defined units. */
3641DEFHOOK
3642(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3643 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3644giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3645if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3646The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3647that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3648@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3649unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3650RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3651is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3652\n\
3653@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3654branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3655were true.\n\
3656\n\
3657The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3658@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3659and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3660unsigned int, (edge e),
3661default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3662
d16e2ddd
JJ
3663/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3664 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3665DEFHOOK
3666(noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3667 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3668candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3669@code{if_info}.",
3670bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3671default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3672
f52a73a4
SD
3673/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3674 scheduling. */
3675DEFHOOK
3676(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3677 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3678speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3679such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3680delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3681disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3682delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3683as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3684 hook_bool_void_false)
3685
38f8b050
JR
3686/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3687DEFHOOK
3688(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3689 "\n\
3690When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3691register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3692to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3693it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3694is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3695that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3696@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3697Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3698to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3699the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3700@code{MEM}.\n\
3701If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3702it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3703You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3704@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3705register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3706The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3707allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3708 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3709
c84a808e 3710/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3711 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3712DEFHOOK
3713(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3714 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3715@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3716this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3717@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3718to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3719passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3720 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3721 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3722
3723/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3724 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3725 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3726 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3727 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3728 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3729DEFHOOK
3730(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3731 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3732represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3733register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3734locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3735register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3736If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3737 rtx, (rtx reg),
3738 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3739
ff050c66
MF
3740/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3741 register. */
3742DEFHOOK
3743(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3744 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3745corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3746used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3747clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3748 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3749 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3750
38f8b050
JR
3751/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3752 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3753 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3754 code, given the address of the table. */
3755DEFHOOK
3756(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3757 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3758multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3759sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3760It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3761filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3762@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3763 void, (tree address),
3764 hook_void_tree)
3765
3766/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3767 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3768 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3769 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3770 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3771 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3772 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3773DEFHOOK
3774(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3775 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3776register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3777regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3778hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3779small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3780to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3781arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3782When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3783integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3784@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3785\n\
3786The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3787 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3788 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3789
3790/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3791 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3792 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3793 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3794 VOIDmode. */
3795DEFHOOK
3796(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3797 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3798@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3799validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3800target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3801both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3802return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3803\n\
3804The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3805same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3806returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3807 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3808 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3809
3810/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3811 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3812DEFHOOK
3813(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3814 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3815instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3816just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3817\n\
3818The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3819it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3820laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3821Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3822\n\
3823You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3824definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3825 void, (void), NULL)
3826
3827/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3828DEFHOOK
3829(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3830 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3831The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3832 tree, (void),
3833 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3834
3835/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3836DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3837(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3838 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3839to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3840variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3841to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3842variable.\n\
3843The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3844this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3845internal type.\n\
3846If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3847Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3848macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3849 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3850 NULL)
3851
3852/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3853DEFHOOK
3854(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3855 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3856@var{fndecl}.\n\
3857The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3858 tree, (tree fndecl),
3859 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3860
3861/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3862DEFHOOK
3863(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3864 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3865type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3866@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3867 tree, (tree type),
3868 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3869
3870/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3871DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3872(expand_builtin_va_start,
3873"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3874 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3875
3876/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3877DEFHOOK
3878(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3879 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3880@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3881arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3882@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3883 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3884 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3885
3886/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3887 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3888 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3889 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3890 or an error message if not. */
3891DEFHOOK
3892(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3893 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3894@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3895@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3896 void *, (size_t *sz),
3897 default_get_pch_validity)
3898
3899DEFHOOK
3900(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3901 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3902compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3903if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3904be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3905\n\
3906@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3907when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3908It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3909compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3910\n\
3911The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3912suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3913 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3914 default_pch_valid_p)
3915
e32ea2d1
RS
3916DEFHOOK
3917(prepare_pch_save,
3918 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3919garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3920it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3921to do anything here.",
3922 void, (void),
3923 hook_void_void)
3924
38f8b050
JR
3925/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3926 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3927 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3928DEFHOOK
3929(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3930 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3931@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3932of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3933@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3934value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3935 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3936
3937/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3938 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3939 that type. */
3940DEFHOOK
3941(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3942 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3943@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3944of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3945@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3946\n\
3947The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3948 bool, (void),
3949 hook_bool_void_false)
3950
3951/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3952 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3953DEFHOOK
3954(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3955 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3956the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3957The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3958machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3959@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3960 rtx, (void),
3961 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3962
7ca35180
RH
3963/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3964 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3965DEFHOOK
3966(md_asm_adjust,
3967 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3968@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3969clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3970to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3971\n\
3972It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3973as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3974a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3975 rtx_insn *,
3976 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3977 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3978 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3979
3980/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3981 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3982 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3983 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3984 the function is being declared as an int. */
3985DEFHOOK
3986(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3987 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3988be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3989value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3990 int, (const_tree function),
3991 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3992
3993/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3994 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3995 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3996 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3997 and
3998 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3999 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4000DEFHOOK
4001(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
4002 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4003contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4004info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4005@smallexample\n\
4006(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4007@end smallexample\n\
4008and\n\
4009@smallexample\n\
4010(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4011@end smallexample\n\
4012to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4013the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4014the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
4015 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4016
4017/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4018DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4019(stdarg_optimize_hook,
4020"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4021 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4022 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 4023 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
4024
4025/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4026 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4027 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4028DEFHOOK
4029(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
4030 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4031for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4032runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4033that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4034variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4035\n\
4036The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4037@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4038 tree, (void),
4039 default_stack_protect_guard)
4040
4041/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4042 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4043DEFHOOK
4044(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
4045 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4046stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4047involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4048\n\
4049The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4050@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4051normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4052 tree, (void),
4053 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4054
87a5dc2d
JW
4055/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4056 protector runtime support. */
4057DEFHOOK
4058(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4059 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4060 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4061 bool, (void),
4062 hook_bool_void_true)
4063
1d0216c8
RS
4064DEFHOOK
4065(can_use_doloop_p,
4066 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4067and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4068exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4069the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4070the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4071contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4072loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4073\n\
4074This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4075implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4076if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 4077 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 4078 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 4079 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 4080
38f8b050
JR
4081/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4082 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4083DEFHOOK
4084(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
4085 "\n\
4086Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4087low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4088could not be applied.\n\
4089\n\
4090Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4091instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4092the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4093By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4094loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 4095 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
4096 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4097
78e4f1ad
UB
4098/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4099DEFHOOK
4100(legitimate_combined_insn,
4101"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4102 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4103 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
4104 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4105 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 4106
38f8b050
JR
4107DEFHOOK
4108(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4109"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4110 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4111 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4112 bool, (const_tree decl),
4113 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4114
4115/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4116 value. */
4117DEFHOOKPOD
4118(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4119 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4120a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4121is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4122is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4123subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4124the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4125available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4126constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4127down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4128@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4129accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4130value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4131MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4132@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4133is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4134 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4135
5dcfdccd
KY
4136/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4137DEFHOOK
4138(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4139 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4140memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4141 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4142
dfe06d3e
JJ
4143/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4144 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4145 supported by the target. */
4146DEFHOOK
4147(asan_shadow_offset,
4148 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4149Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4150supported by the target.",
4151 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4152 NULL)
4153
38f8b050
JR
4154/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4155/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4156HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4157
4158DEFHOOK
4159(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4160 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4161function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4162and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4163change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4164pointer} types.\n\
4165\n\
4166@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4167return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4168@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4169If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4170which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4171then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4172the signedness may be different.\n\
4173\n\
4174@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4175\n\
4176The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4177also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4178if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4179 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4180 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4181 default_promote_function_mode)
4182
4183DEFHOOK
4184(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4185 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4186prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4187passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4188cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4189The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4190 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4191 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4192
4193DEFHOOK
4194(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4195 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4196address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4197passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4198be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4199hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4200argument.\n\
4201\n\
4202On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4203is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4204caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4205be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4206@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4207the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4208the caller.\n\
4209\n\
4210If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4211stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4212@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4213structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4214to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4215 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4216 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4217
4218DEFHOOKPOD
4219(omit_struct_return_reg,
4220 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4221is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4222arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
9c582551 4223pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
e0d14c39
BS
4224undesirable on your target.",
4225 bool, false)
4226
38f8b050
JR
4227DEFHOOK
4228(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4229 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4230function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4231Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4232will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4233libcalls.\n\
4234\n\
4235Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4236by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4237takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4238possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4239definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4240values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4241\n\
4242Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4243be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4244to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4245 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4246 default_return_in_memory)
4247
4248DEFHOOK
4249(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4250 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4251at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4252padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4253is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4254\n\
4255Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4256be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4257or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
42584-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4259@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4260 bool, (const_tree type),
4261 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4262
4263/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4264 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4265 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4266DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4267(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4268 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4269position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4270predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4271passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4272\n\
4273If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4274pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4275The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4276to that type.",
38f8b050 4277 bool,
ef4bddc2 4278 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4279 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4280
4281DEFHOOK
4282(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4283 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4284@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4285beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4286return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4287to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4288 rtx, (void),
4289 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4290
4291/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4292DEFHOOK
4293(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4294 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4295@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4296@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4297register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4298have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4299use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4300pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4301\n\
4302The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4303structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4304named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4305last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4306\n\
4307The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4308argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4309store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4310variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4311store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4312frame.\n\
4313\n\
4314Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4315compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4316@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4317have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4318for all data types.\n\
4319\n\
4320If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4321arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4322happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4323end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4324not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4325 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4326 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4327 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4328
d5e254e1
IE
4329DEFHOOK
4330(load_bounds_for_arg,
4331 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4332@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4333bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4334memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4335memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4336constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4337should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4338 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4339 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4340
4341DEFHOOK
4342(store_bounds_for_arg,
4343 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4344@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4345@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4346memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4347memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4348constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4349should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4350 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4351 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4352
4353DEFHOOK
4354(load_returned_bounds,
4355 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4356returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4357loaded bounds.",
4358 rtx, (rtx slot),
4359 default_load_returned_bounds)
4360
4361DEFHOOK
4362(store_returned_bounds,
4363 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4364returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4365 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4366 default_store_returned_bounds)
4367
4368DEFHOOK
4369(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4370 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4371into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4372@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
b8506a8a 4373 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
d5e254e1
IE
4374 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4375 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4376
2f21e1ba
BS
4377DEFHOOK
4378(call_args,
4379 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4380for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4381@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4382before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4383function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4384@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4385invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4386This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4387registers if a target needs it.\n\
4388For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4389passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4390Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4391 void, (rtx, tree),
4392 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4393
4394DEFHOOK
4395(end_call_args,
4396 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4397just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4398signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4399emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4400Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4401 void, (void),
4402 hook_void_void)
4403
38f8b050
JR
4404DEFHOOK
4405(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4406 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4407argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4408\n\
4409This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4410is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4411@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4412arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4413but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4414then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4415except the last are treated as named.\n\
4416\n\
4417You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4418 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4419 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4420
4421/* Returns true if we should use
4422 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4423 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4424DEFHOOK
4425(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4426 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4427@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4428@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4429defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4430@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4431Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4432 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4433 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4434
4435/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4436 should be passed as two scalars. */
4437DEFHOOK
4438(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4439 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4440as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4441arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4442to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4443AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4444registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4445point register.\n\
4446\n\
4447The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4448false.",
38f8b050
JR
4449 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4450
4451/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4452 but must be passed on the stack. */
4453/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4454 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4455DEFHOOK
4456(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4457 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4458solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4459definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4460documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4461 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4462 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4463
4464/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4465 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4466 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4467DEFHOOK
4468(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4469 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4470known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4471function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4472by the caller.\n\
4473\n\
4474For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4475determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4476not be generated.\n\
4477\n\
4478The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4479 bool,
ef4bddc2 4480 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4481 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4482
4483/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4484 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4485 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4486DEFHOOK
4487(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4488 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4489argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4490arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4491pushed on the stack.\n\
4492\n\
4493On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4494registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4495first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4496on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4497structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4498in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4499compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4500\n\
4501@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4502register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4503@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4504 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4505 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4506
4507/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4508 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4509 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4510DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4511(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4512 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4513advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4514@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4515the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4516argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4517\n\
4518This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4519on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4520used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4521 void,
ef4bddc2 4522 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4523 default_function_arg_advance)
4524
4525/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4526 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4527 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4528 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4529DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4530(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4531 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4532register and if so, which register.\n\
4533\n\
4534The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4535arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4536the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4537(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4538which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4539nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4540function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4541syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4542\n\
4543The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4544register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4545on the stack.\n\
4546\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4547The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4548passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4549should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4550@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4551for more information.\n\
4552\n\
673c2f63
JM
4553The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4554used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4555@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4556@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4557describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4558@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4559register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4560register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4561second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4562the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4563As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4564RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4565argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4566\n\
4567The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4568VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4569pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4570\n\
4571@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4572The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4573machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4574cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4575done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4576@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4577\n\
4578@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4579@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4580You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4581in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4582type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4583is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4584argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4585defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4586a register.",
ef4bddc2 4587 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4588 bool named),
4589 default_function_arg)
4590
b25b9e8f 4591DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4592(function_incoming_arg,
4a235312
L
4593 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4594views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4595functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4596and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
673c2f63 4597\n\
4a235312 4598In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
673c2f63
JM
4599which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4600@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4601fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4602arrive.\n\
4603\n\
4a235312
L
4604@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4605computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4606so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4607\n\
673c2f63
JM
4608If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4609@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4610 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4611 bool named),
4612 default_function_incoming_arg)
4613
c2ed6cf8
NF
4614DEFHOOK
4615(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4616 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4617with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4618@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4619 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4620 default_function_arg_boundary)
4621
123148b5
BS
4622DEFHOOK
4623(function_arg_round_boundary,
4624 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4625which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4626return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4627value.",
ef4bddc2 4628 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4629 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4630
38f8b050
JR
4631/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4632 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4633DEFHOOK
4634(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4635 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4636illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4637with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4638 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4639 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4640
4641/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4642 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4643DEFHOOK
4644(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4645 "\n\
4646Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4647returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4648representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4649representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4650function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4651compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4652Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4653a function returns a value.\n\
4654\n\
4655On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4656(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4657place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4658@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4659The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4660multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4661@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4662location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4663the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4664that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4665port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4666@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4667\n\
4668If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4669the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4670@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4671\n\
4672If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4673node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4674pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4675convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4676known.\n\
4677\n\
4678Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4679which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4680the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4681different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4682\n\
4683@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4684aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4685@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4686 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4687 default_function_value)
4688
d5e254e1
IE
4689/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4690DEFHOOK
4691(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4692 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4693returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4694@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4695 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4696 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4697
38f8b050
JR
4698/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4699 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4700DEFHOOK
4701(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4702 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4703function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4704\n\
4705The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4706library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4707representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4708\n\
4709If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4710 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4711 default_libcall_value)
4712
4713/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4714 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4715DEFHOOK
4716(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4717 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4718register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4719\n\
4720A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4721second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4722recognized by this target hook.\n\
4723\n\
4724If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4725function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4726should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4727\n\
4728If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4729 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4730 default_function_value_regno_p)
4731
4732/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4733DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4734(internal_arg_pointer,
4735"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4736 current function.",
4737 rtx, (void),
4738 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4739
4740/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4741DEFHOOK
4742(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4743 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4744necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4745 void, (void), NULL)
4746
4747/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4748 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4749DEFHOOK
4750(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4751 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4752different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4753argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4754is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4755 rtx, (void), NULL)
4756
4757/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4758 stack. */
4759DEFHOOK
4760(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4761 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4762arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4763stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4764debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4765@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4766cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4767to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4768false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4769 bool, (void),
4770 hook_bool_void_true)
4771
c21df29b
RH
4772/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4773 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4774DEFHOOK
4775(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4776 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4777targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4778nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4779attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4780those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4781\n\
4782The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4783\n\
4784If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4785provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4786Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4787from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4788will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4789@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4790@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4791@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4792The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4793@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4794to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4795 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4796 default_static_chain)
4797
4798/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4799 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4800DEFHOOK
4801(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4802 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4803@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4804is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4805RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4806when it is called.\n\
4807\n\
4808If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4809first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4810from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4811Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4812trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4813to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4814\n\
4815If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4816enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4817initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4818 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4819 default_trampoline_init)
4820
4821/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4822DEFHOOK
4823(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4824 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4825the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4826memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4827the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4828address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4829be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4830If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4831 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4832
4c640e26
EB
4833DEFHOOKPOD
4834(custom_function_descriptors,
4835 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4836from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4837standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4838stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4839code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4840if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4841like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4842eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4843it to be made executable.\n\
4844\n\
4845The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4846scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4847gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4848with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4849already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4850 int, -1)
4851
38f8b050
JR
4852/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4853 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4854 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4855/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4856DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4857(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4858 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4859a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4860and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4861\n\
4862@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4863the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4864@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4865From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4866\n\
4867@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4868describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4869@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4870From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4871arguments (if known).\n\
4872\n\
4873When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4874will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4875you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4876by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4877a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4878in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4879\n\
4880@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4881stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4882argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4883\n\
4884On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4885of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4886calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4887the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4888convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4889arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4890nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4891@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4892number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4893 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4894 default_return_pops_args)
4895
ffa88471
SE
4896/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4897 returned. */
4898DEFHOOK
4899(get_raw_result_mode,
4900 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4901 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4902 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4903 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4904 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4905
4906/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4907 passed. */
4908DEFHOOK
4909(get_raw_arg_mode,
4910 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4911 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4912 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4913 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4914 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4915
38f8b050
JR
4916HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4917
bcb21886
KY
4918DEFHOOK
4919(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4920 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4921for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4922 bool, (void),
4923 hook_bool_void_false)
4924
4925DEFHOOK
4926(init_pic_reg,
4927 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4928This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4929 void, (void),
4930 hook_void_void)
4931
38f8b050
JR
4932/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4933 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4934DEFHOOK
4935(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4936 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4937invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4938if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4939 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4940 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4941
4942/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4943 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4944DEFHOOK
4945(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4946 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4947invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4948@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4949if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4950 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4951 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4952
4953/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4954 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4955DEFHOOK
4956(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4957 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4958invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4959and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4960the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4961 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4962 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4963
38f8b050
JR
4964/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4965 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4966 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4967DEFHOOK
4968(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4969 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4970@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4971analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4972front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4973target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4974This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4975 tree, (const_tree type),
4976 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4977
4978/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4979 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4980 the standard conversion rules. */
4981DEFHOOK
4982(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4983 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4984@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4985or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4986This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4987conversion rules.\n\
4988This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4989 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4990 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4991
5074a1f8
VM
4992/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4993DEFHOOK
4994(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4995 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
31e2b5a3 4996 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5074a1f8
VM
4997 \n\
4998 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
31e2b5a3 4999 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5074a1f8
VM
5000 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5001
55a2c322
VM
5002/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5003DEFHOOK
5004(lra_p,
5005 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
55a2c322 5006 \
f37cb70b 5007 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
48975b3d 5008 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
55a2c322
VM
5009 bool, (void),
5010 default_lra_p)
5011
5012/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5013DEFHOOK
5014(register_priority,
5015 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5016 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5017 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5018 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5019 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5020 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5021 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5022 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5023 \
5024 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5025 int, (int),
5026 default_register_priority)
5027
3b9ceb4b
VM
5028/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5029DEFHOOK
5030(register_usage_leveling_p,
5031 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5032 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5033 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5034 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5035 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5036 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5037 optimizations.\
5038 \
5039 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5040 bool, (void),
5041 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5042
55a2c322
VM
5043/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5044DEFHOOK
5045(different_addr_displacement_p,
5046 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5047 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5048 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5049 the insn.\
5050 \
5051 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5052 bool, (void),
5053 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5054
5055/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5056 instead of memory. */
5057DEFHOOK
5058(spill_class,
5059 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5060 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5061 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5062 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 5063 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
5064 NULL)
5065
e93f30a6
VM
5066/* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5067DEFHOOK
5068(additional_allocno_class_p,
5069 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5070 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5071 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5072 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5073 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5074 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5075 bool, (reg_class_t),
5076 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5077
42e37616
DM
5078DEFHOOK
5079(cstore_mode,
5080 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5081 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5082 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5083 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5084 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 5085 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
5086 default_cstore_mode)
5087
b4ff394c
PH
5088/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5089 classes to use. */
5090DEFHOOK
5091(compute_pressure_classes,
5092 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5093 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5094 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5095 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5096 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5097
d9886a9e
L
5098/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5099 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5100DEFHOOK
5101(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
5102 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5103be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5104\n\
5105If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5106mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5107case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5108retain the field's mode.\n\
5109\n\
5110Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 5111 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
5112 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5113
e72531b9
PK
5114/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5115 that gate the divod transform. */
5116DEFHOOK
5117(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5118 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5119hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5120 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5121 NULL)
5122
38f8b050
JR
5123/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5124DEFHOOK
5125(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
5126 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5127from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5128@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5129from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5130term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5131directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5132register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5133destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5134source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5135reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5136and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5137intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5138\n\
5139Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5140allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5141register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5142address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5143when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5144as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5145that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5146describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5147these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5148of the scratch register(s).\n\
5149\n\
5150In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5151\n\
5152For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5153and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5154@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5155hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5156needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5157\n\
5158If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5159an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5160return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5161If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5162If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5163that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5164\n\
5165If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5166perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5167closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5168required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5169copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5170\n\
5171You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5172in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5173and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5174for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5175single-register-class\n\
5176@c [later: or memory]\n\
5177output constraint.\n\
5178\n\
5179When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5180hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5181register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5182have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5183\n\
5184@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5185@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5186@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5187@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5188@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5189@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5190@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5191@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5192\n\
5193\n\
5194@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5195pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5196Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5197in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5198\n\
5199Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5200currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5201to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5202\n\
5203@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5204copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5205(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5206Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5207of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5208forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5209 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5210 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5211 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5212 default_secondary_reload)
5213
fba42e24
AS
5214/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5215 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5216DEFHOOK
5217(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5218 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5219to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5220@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5221another, smaller class.\n\
5222\n\
5223The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5224\n\
5225Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5226example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5227for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5228@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5229Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5230\n\
5231One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5232@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5233loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5234force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5235immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5236instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5237register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5238@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5239into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5240@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5241of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5242\n\
5243If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5244through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5245to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5246reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5247this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5248the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5249 reg_class_t,
5250 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5251 default_preferred_reload_class)
5252
abd26bfb
AS
5253/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5254 input reloads. */
5255DEFHOOK
5256(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5257 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5258input reloads.\n\
5259\n\
5260The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5261argument.\n\
5262\n\
5263You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5264reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5265 reg_class_t,
5266 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5267 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5268
07b8f0a8
AS
5269DEFHOOK
5270(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5271 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5272to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5273registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5274\n\
5275The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5276has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5277default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5278i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5279can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5280\n\
5281This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5282transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5283pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5284 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5285 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5286
a8c44c52
AS
5287/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5288 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5289DEFHOOK
5290(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5291 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5292of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5293\n\
5294This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5295the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5296@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5297@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5298values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5299\n\
5300This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5301in the reload pass.\n\
5302\n\
5303The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5304in words.",
ef4bddc2 5305 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5306 default_class_max_nregs)
5307
5f286f4a
YQ
5308DEFHOOK
5309(preferred_rename_class,
5310 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5311 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5312 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5313 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5314 is not implemented.\
5315 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5316 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5317 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5318 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5319 be reduced.",
5320 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5321 default_preferred_rename_class)
5322
d6220b11
KK
5323/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5324 during register allocation. */
5325DEFHOOK
5326(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5327 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5328substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5329register allocation.\n\
5330The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5331On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5332machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5333as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5334 bool, (rtx subst),
5335 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5336
14133a4d
KK
5337/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5338 displacement addressing. */
5339DEFHOOK
5340(legitimize_address_displacement,
5341 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5342legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5343at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5344The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5345This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5346addressing.",
5347 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5348 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5349
38f8b050
JR
5350/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5351 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5352DEFHOOK
5353(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5354 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5355to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5356For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5357for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5358registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5359usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5360 void, (void),
5361 hook_void_void)
5362
5363/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5364 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5365 but will be later. */
5366DEFHOOK
5367(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5368 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5369that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5370 void, (void),
5371 hook_void_void)
5372
5373/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5374 in peephole2. */
5375DEFHOOK
5376(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5377 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5378@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5379\n\
5380One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5381is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5382\n\
5383The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5384 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5385 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5386
5387/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5388 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5389DEFHOOK
5390(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5391 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5392is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5393The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5394five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5395 unsigned int, (void),
5396 default_case_values_threshold)
5397
29eb9a44
BE
5398/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5399DEFHOOK
5400(compute_frame_layout,
5401 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5402recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5403be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5404layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5405for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5406this callback is optional.",
5407 void, (void),
5408 hook_void_void)
5409
53680238 5410/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
38f8b050
JR
5411DEFHOOK
5412(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5413 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5414a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5415value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5416\n\
5417This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5418according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5419constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5420to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5421Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5422pointer.\n\
5423\n\
5424In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5425without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5426automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
53680238 5427@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
673c2f63
JM
5428them.\n\
5429\n\
5430In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5431register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5432fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5433\n\
5434Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5435 bool, (void),
5436 hook_bool_void_false)
5437
5438/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5439 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5440DEFHOOK
5441(can_eliminate,
53680238 5442 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
673c2f63 5443try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
53680238
BE
5444@var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5445cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
673c2f63
JM
5446knows about.\n\
5447\n\
5448Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5449 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5450 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5451
5efd84c5
NF
5452/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5453 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5454 target. */
5455DEFHOOK
5456(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5457 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5458@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5459@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5460any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
527a3750 5461of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
673c2f63
JM
5462@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5463@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5464called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5465@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5466from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5467@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5468@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5469@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5470command options have been applied.\n\
5471\n\
5472@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5473@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5474If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5475flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5476@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5477registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5478@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5479that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5480\n\
5481(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5482of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5483controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5484these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5485 void, (void),
5486 hook_void_void)
5487
38f8b050
JR
5488/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5489#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5490#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5491HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5492
5493/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5494DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5495(mode_for_suffix,
5496"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5497 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5498 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5499 default_mode_for_suffix)
5500
42e02b20
JG
5501DEFHOOK
5502(excess_precision,
2dbe91cf
JG
5503 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5504 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5505 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
42e02b20
JG
5506 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5507 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5508 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5509 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5510 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5511 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5512 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5513 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
2dbe91cf
JG
5514 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5515 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5516 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5517 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5518 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
42e02b20
JG
5519 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5520 default_excess_precision)
5521
38f8b050
JR
5522HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5523
5524/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5525#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5526#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5527HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5528
5529/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5530DEFHOOK
5531(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5532 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5533These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5534default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5535 tree, (void),
5536 default_cxx_guard_type)
5537
5538/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5539DEFHOOK
5540(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5541 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5542@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5543@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5544 bool, (void),
5545 hook_bool_void_false)
5546
5547/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5548DEFHOOK
5549(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5550 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5551whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5552known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5553@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5554IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5555 tree, (tree type),
5556 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5557
5558/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5559DEFHOOK
5560(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5561 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5562array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5563 bool, (void),
5564 hook_bool_void_false)
5565
5566/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5567 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5568DEFHOOK
5569(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5570 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5571class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5572will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5573to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5574modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5575backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5576 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5577
5578/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5579DEFHOOK
5580(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5581 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5582the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5583@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5584 bool, (void),
5585 hook_bool_void_false)
5586
5587/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5588 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5589 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5590DEFHOOK
5591(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5592 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5593which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5594table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5595Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5596the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5597some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5598method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5599 bool, (void),
5600 hook_bool_void_true)
5601
5602DEFHOOK
5603(determine_class_data_visibility,
5604"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5605 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5606 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5607 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5608 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5609 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5610 void, (tree decl),
5611 hook_void_tree)
5612
5613/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5614 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5615 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5616 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5617 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5618DEFHOOK
5619(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5620 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5621similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5622external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5623classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5624unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5625 bool, (void),
5626 hook_bool_void_true)
5627
5628/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5629 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5630 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5631DEFHOOK
5632(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5633 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5634the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5635be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5636 bool, (void),
5637 hook_bool_void_true)
5638
5639/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5640 destructors. */
5641DEFHOOK
5642(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5643 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5644should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5645is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5646 bool, (void),
5647 hook_bool_void_false)
5648
5649/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5650 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5651DEFHOOK
5652(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5653 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5654in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5655destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5656shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5657unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5658 bool, (void),
5659 hook_bool_void_false)
5660
5661DEFHOOK
5662(adjust_class_at_definition,
5663"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5664 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5665 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5666 void, (tree type),
5667 hook_void_tree)
5668
5b880ea6
RO
5669DEFHOOK
5670(decl_mangling_context,
5671 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5672 tree, (const_tree decl),
5673 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5674
38f8b050
JR
5675HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5676
5677/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5678#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5679#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5680HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5681
5682/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5683DEFHOOKPOD
5684(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5685 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5686object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5687emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5688 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5689
5690DEFHOOKPOD
5691(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5692 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5693program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5694initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5695have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5696registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5697 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5698
5699/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5700DEFHOOKPOD
5701(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5702 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5703be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5704any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5705 const char *, NULL)
5706
5707DEFHOOKPOD
5708(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5709 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5710placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5711section.",
38f8b050
JR
5712 const char *, NULL)
5713
5714/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5715DEFHOOKPOD
5716(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5717 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5718The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5719 const char *, NULL)
5720
5721DEFHOOKPOD
5722(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5723 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5724default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5725 const char *, NULL)
5726
5727/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5728DEFHOOK
5729(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5730 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5731object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5732@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5733@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5734for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5735 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5736 default_emutls_var_fields)
5737
5738/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5739DEFHOOK
5740(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5741 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5742TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5743is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5744initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5745 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5746 default_emutls_var_init)
5747
5748/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5749 proxy variable. */
5750DEFHOOKPOD
5751(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5752 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5753fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5754single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5755 bool, false)
5756
5757/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5758DEFHOOKPOD
5759(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5760 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5761may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5762 bool, false)
5763
5764HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5765
5766#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5767#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5768HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5769
7aa7f2e3
SL
5770/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5771 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5772 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5773DEFHOOK
5774(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5775 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5776allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5777These function-specific options may differ\n\
5778from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5779@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5780\n\
5781The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5782the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5783@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5784 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5785 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5786
5787/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5788DEFHOOK
5789(save,
673c2f63
JM
5790 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5791in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5792options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5793@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5794 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5795
5796/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5797 structure. */
5798DEFHOOK
5799(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5800 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5801information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5802function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5803 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5804
59913123
JJ
5805/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5806 streamed in. */
5807DEFHOOK
5808(post_stream_in,
5809 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5810@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5811LTO bytecode.",
5812 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5813
38f8b050
JR
5814/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5815 structure. */
5816DEFHOOK
5817(print,
673c2f63
JM
5818 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5819information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5820function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5821 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5822
7aa7f2e3 5823/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5824 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5825 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5826 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5827DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5828(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5829 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5830sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5831input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5832@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5833 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5834 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5835
5836/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5837DEFHOOK
5838(override,
673c2f63
JM
5839 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5840a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5841@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5842once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5843\n\
5844Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5845@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5846\n\
5847If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5848changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5849@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5850 void, (void),
c5387660 5851 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5852
3649b9b7
ST
5853/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5854 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5855 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5856 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5857DEFHOOK
5858(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5859 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5860versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5861versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5862different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5863different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5864 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5865 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5866
38f8b050
JR
5867/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5868#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5869#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5870DEFHOOK
5871(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5872 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5873cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5874default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5875specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5876 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5877 default_target_can_inline_p)
5878
63b0cb04
CB
5879DEFHOOK
5880(relayout_function,
5881"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
5882 void, (tree fndecl),
5883 hook_void_tree)
5884
38f8b050
JR
5885HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5886
5887/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5888 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5889 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5890DEFHOOK
5891(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5892 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5893function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5894cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5895registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5896TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5897FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5898 void, (bitmap regs),
5899 hook_void_bitmap)
5900
aaeaa9a9 5901/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5902 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5903 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5904DEFHOOKPOD
5905(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5906 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5907clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5908That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5909linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5910modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5911in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5912The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5913is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5914 bool,
5915 false)
5916
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5917/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5918DEFHOOK
5919(set_up_by_prologue,
5920 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5921 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5922 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5923 NULL)
5924
d45eae79
SL
5925/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5926 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5927 function attribute. */
5928DEFHOOK
5929(warn_func_return,
5930 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5931 bool, (tree),
5932 hook_bool_tree_true)
5933
20a6ece0
SB
5934#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5935#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
5936HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
5937
5938DEFHOOK
5939(get_separate_components,
5940 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
5941components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
5942Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
5943shrink-wrapping.\n\
5944Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
5945If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
5946 sbitmap, (void),
5947 NULL)
5948
5949DEFHOOK
5950(components_for_bb,
5951 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
5952components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
5953the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
5954 sbitmap, (basic_block),
5955 NULL)
5956
5957DEFHOOK
5958(disqualify_components,
5959 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
5960components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
5961@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
5962epilogue instead.",
5963 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
5964 NULL)
5965
5966DEFHOOK
5967(emit_prologue_components,
5968 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
5969 void, (sbitmap),
5970 NULL)
5971
5972DEFHOOK
5973(emit_epilogue_components,
5974 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
5975 void, (sbitmap),
5976 NULL)
5977
5978DEFHOOK
5979(set_handled_components,
5980 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
5981@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
5982components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
5983will be deleted after this call.",
5984 void, (sbitmap),
5985 NULL)
5986
5987HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
5988#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5989#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5990
f0a0390e
RH
5991/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5992DEFHOOK
5993(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5994 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5995unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5996@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5997return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5998\n\
5999A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6000is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6001\n\
6002A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6003This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
6004 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6005 default_debug_unwind_info)
6006
c354951b
AK
6007/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6008 defined at this time. */
6009DEFHOOK
6010(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
6011 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6012convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6013does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6014comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6015\n\
6016On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6017@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6018are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6019@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6020allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6021in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6022allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6023\n\
6024GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6025valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6026@file{md} file.\n\
6027\n\
6028You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6029comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
6030 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6031 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6032
894d8b41
EB
6033DEFHOOK
6034(min_arithmetic_precision,
6035 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6036maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6037arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6038\n\
6039On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6040using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6041of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6042\n\
6043More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6044compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6045with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6046\n\
6047You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6048defined to 1.",
6049 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6050
57c5ab1b
RH
6051DEFHOOKPOD
6052(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6053 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6054 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6055 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6056 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 6057
fceec4d3
AM
6058/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6059 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6060 as needed. */
6061DEFHOOK
6062(atomic_align_for_mode,
6063"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6064 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6065 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 6066 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
6067 hook_uint_mode_0)
6068
267bac10
JM
6069DEFHOOK
6070(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6071"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6072 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6073 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6074 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6075 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6076 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6077 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6078 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6079 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6080 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6081 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6082 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6083 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6084 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6085 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6086 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6087 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6088
38f8b050
JR
6089/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6090
38f8b050
JR
6091/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6092 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6093DEFHOOKPOD
6094(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
6095 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6096section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6097This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
6098 bool, false)
6099
6100/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6101 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6102DEFHOOKPOD
6103(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
6104 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6105collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6106It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
6107 bool, false)
6108
6109/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6110DEFHOOKPOD
6111(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
6112 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6113The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6114 bool, false)
6115
6116/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6117DEFHOOKPOD
6118(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
6119 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6120``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6121 bool, false)
6122
6123/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6124DEFHOOKPOD
6125(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
6126 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6127end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6128Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6129true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
6130 bool, true)
6131
6132/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6133DEFHOOKPOD
6134(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
6135 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6136printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6137@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6138to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6139definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6140assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6141whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6142\n\
6143The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6144verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6145comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
6146 bool, false)
6147
6148/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6149 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6150DEFHOOKPOD
6151(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
6152 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6153for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6154@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6155this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 6156 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
6157
6158/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6159 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6160DEFHOOKPOD
6161(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
6162 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6163based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6164the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6165running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6166 bool, false)
6167
9730bc27
TT
6168DEFHOOKPOD
6169(want_debug_pub_sections,
6170 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6171 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6172 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6173 bool, false)
6174
2ba42841 6175DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6176(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6177This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6178bool, false)
6179
6180DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6181(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6182This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6183bool, false)
6184
a50fa76a
BS
6185DEFHOOKPOD
6186(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6187following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6188targets.",
6189bool, false)
6190
38f8b050
JR
6191/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6192
06b90602
CB
6193/* Functions related to mode switching. */
6194#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6195#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6196HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6197
6198DEFHOOK
6199(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
6200 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6201 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6202
6203DEFHOOK
6204(needed,
cbb1e3d9 6205 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 6206 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6207
6208DEFHOOK
6209(after,
6210 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 6211 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6212
6213DEFHOOK
6214(entry,
6215 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6216 int, (int entity), NULL)
6217
6218DEFHOOK
6219(exit,
6220 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6221 int, (int entity), NULL)
6222
6223DEFHOOK
6224(priority,
6225 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6226 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6227
6228HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6229
4bccb39e
RS
6230#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6231#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6232
6233#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6234 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6235#include "target-insns.def"
6236#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6237
6238#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6239 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6240#include "target-insns.def"
6241#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6242
8684d89d
RS
6243#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6244 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6245#include "target-insns.def"
6246#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6247
40af5894
DM
6248DEFHOOK
6249(run_target_selftests,
6250 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6251 void, (void),
6252 NULL)
6253
38f8b050
JR
6254/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6255HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 6256